‫ﻣﻌﲎ‬

‫ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﺃﺛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﺠﻤﻟﺘﻤﻊ‬

‫ﺑﻘﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺻﺎﱀ ﺑﻦ ﻓﻮﺯﺍﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺯﺍﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱄ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻳﺎﺽ‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ‪ :‬ﳌﻌﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﶈﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻞ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﳍﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺸﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻐﻠﻐﻠﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺇﻣﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻬﻞ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺼﺒﻴﺔ ﺟﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﺭﻏﻢ ﻗﻠﺘﻬﺎ ‪-‬‬
‫ﻭﷲ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ‪ -‬ﻋﺪﺓ ﻭﻋﺪﺩًﺍ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﺗﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﻃﺮﻗﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺧﻄﻮﺭﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﺛﲑﻩ ﰲ ﻣﺴﲑﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳏﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺸﻒ ﺿﻼﻟﺘﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳐﺎﻟﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺪﻯ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﲨﻌﺎﺀ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻳﻀﺎﺣﻪ ﲡﺎﻩ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻬﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﺍﳍﺪﻯ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻫﺎ ﺇﺑﻠﻴﺲ ﻭﺯﻳﻦ ﳍﺎ ﺳﻮﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻞ ﳍﺎ ﺍﳓﺮﺍﻓﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﺬ ﻧﺸﺄﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻘﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻬﺑﺪﻑ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻬﻪ ﻭﻫﺪﻣﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﻳﻘﻴﺾ ﳍﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺿﻼﳍﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻓﺎﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺒﻬﺎ ﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺗﺰﺧﺮ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﺎ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ‪ -‬ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ -‬ﻭﺑﺴﻄﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻏﲑﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﲨﺘﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ؛ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﰲ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﳓﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻌﻤﻮﺭﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺘﺠﻨﺒﻮﺍ ﲟﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﱴ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺤﺮﻓﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﲢﺪﺙ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺻﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺯﺍﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ‬
‫) ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ( ﻋﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺣﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺃﺛﲑﺕ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻭﻳﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺻﺎﱀ ﺟﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻖ ﺑﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﲢﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﺨﻪ ﰲ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﻭﺍﳋﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋًﺎ ﺟﺪﻳﺪًﺍ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﲔ ﻓﻴﻪ ) ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﺛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﺠﻤﻟﺘﻤﻊ ( ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻭﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ) ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ( ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﲨﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻬﺑﺎ‬
‫‪öÏøótGó™$#uρ ª!$# ωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω …絯Ρr& óΟn=÷æ$$sù‬‬ ‫ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﰲ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪،‬‬ ‫)‪(٢‬‬
‫{‬ ‫‪∩∇∪ 4o_ó¡çtø:$# â!$yϑó™F{$# ã&s! ( uθèδ ωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω ª!$#‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺟﻞ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ‪} :‬‬ ‫)‪(١‬‬
‫{‬ ‫!‪šÎ7/Ρs%Î‬‬

‫©‪tµ≈s9Î) Iω 4 ÅÝó¡É)ø9$$Î/ $JϑÍ←!$s% ÉΟù=Ïèø9$# (#θä9'ρé&uρ èπs3Íׯ≈n=yϑø9$#uρ uθèδ ωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω …絯Ρr& ª!$# y‰Îγx‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ‪} :‬‬

‫)‪. (٣) { ∩⊇∇∪ ÞΟŠÅ6y⇔ø9$# Ⓝ͖yêø9$# uθèδ ωÎ‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺮﺭ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﻬﺗﺎ ﰲ ﺁﻳﺘﲔ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺃﲰﺎﺋﻪ ﺍﳊﺴﲎ ﰲ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫‪ß≈oΗ÷q§9$# uθèδ ( Íοy‰≈y㤱9$#uρ É=ø‹tóø9$# ÞΟÎ=≈tã ( uθèδ ωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω “Ï%©!$# ª!$# uθèδ‬‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺸﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬
‫‪Ⓝ͓yèø9$# Ú∅Ïϑø‹yγßϑø9$# ßÏΒ÷σßϑø9$# ãΝ≈n=¡¡9$# â¨ρ‘‰à)ø9$# à7Î=yϑø9$# uθèδ ωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω ”Ï%©!$# ª!$# uθèδ ∩⊄⊄∪ ÞΟŠÏm§9$#‬‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫)‪(٤‬‬
‫‪{ ∩⊄⊂∪ šχθà2Îô³ç„ $£ϑtã «!$# z≈ysö6ß™ 4 çÉi9x6tGßϑø9$# â‘$¬6yfø9$#‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﻣﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ً‬
‫ﻧﻄﻖ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﹰﺎ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺩﻣﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﻓﻀﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﻛﺎﻬﻧﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺮﻭﻃﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﻋﺘﲎ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﱴ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ؟ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﳎﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﻆ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺰﻳﻼ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻭﺭﺩ‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٩ :‬‬

‫)‪ (٢‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻃﻪ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٨ :‬‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٨ :‬‬
‫)‪ (٤‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺸﺮ ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ ‪. ٢٣ - ٢٢ :‬‬

‫‪٣‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﺩًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ؛ ﻛﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﺒﺘًﺎ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻻ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻣﺎ ﳝﺎﺭﺳﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻷﺿﺮﺣﺔ ﻭﻗﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻳﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ) ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ( ﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﻀﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻀﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﺩﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺧﺘﻢ ﲝﺜﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﻤﻴﺪﺓ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻴﻠﺖ ﺑﺼﺪﻕ ﻭﺇﺧﻼﺹ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮًﺍ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨًﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻬﺗﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ ﳍﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻓﻌﺔ ﻷﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻏﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺠﺰﺍﻩ ﺍﷲ ﺧﲑ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻔﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻘﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﺒﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﲨﻴﻌًﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺍﳍﺎﺩﻱ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻭﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻨﻌﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﱃ ﻭﻧﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﲑ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﶈﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫‪٤‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﳓﻤﺪﻩ ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻐﻔﺮﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺘﻮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻌﻮﺫ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻭﺭ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻨﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﻬﺪﻩ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻼ ﻣﻀﻞ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻀﻠﻞ ﻓﻼ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ‬
‫ﳏﻤﺪﺍ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ً‬
‫ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺗﺒﻌﻪ ﻭﲤﺴﻚ ﺑﺴﻨﺘﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ‪. . .‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺃﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﺬﻛﺮﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺛﲎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻋﺪﻫﻢ ﺃﺟﺮًﺍ ﻋﻈﻴﻤًﺎ ‪،‬‬
‫‪nο4θn=¢Á9$# ÞΟçFøŠŸÒs% #sŒÎ*sù‬‬ ‫ﻓﺄﻣﺮ ﺑﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﹰﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪ . . .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (١) { 4 öΝà6Î/θãΖã_ 4’n?tãuρ #YŠθãèè%uρ $Vϑ≈uŠÏ% ©!$# (#ρãà2øŒ$$sù‬‬

‫‪£‰x©r & ÷ρr& öΝà2u!$t/#u ö/ä.Ìø.É‹x . ©!$# (#ρãà2øŒ$$sù öΝà6s3Å¡≈oΨ¨Β ΟçGøŠŸÒs% #sŒÎ*sù‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (٢) { 3 #\ò2ÏŒ‬‬

‫‪ï∅ÏiΒ ΟçFôÒsùr& !#sŒÎ*sù‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﳊﺞ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬
‫‪. (٣) { ( ÏΘ#tysø9$# Ìyèô±yϑø9$# y‰ΨÏã ©!$# (#ρãà2øŒ$$sù ;M≈sùttã‬‬
‫‪Ïπyϑ‹Îγt/ .ÏiΒ Νßγs%y—u‘ $tΒ 4’n?tã BM≈tΒθè=÷è¨Β 5Θ$−ƒr& þ’Îû «!$# zΝó™$# (#ρãà2õ‹tƒuρ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬
‫‪. (٤) { ( ÉΟ≈yè÷ΡF{$#‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪. (٥) { 4 ;N≡yŠρ߉÷è¨Β 5Θ$−ƒr& þ’Îû ©!$# (#ρãä.øŒ$#uρ * } :‬‬
‫ﻭﺷﺮﻉ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻟﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪. (٦) { ∩⊇⊆∪ ü“Ìò2Ï%Î! nο4θn=¢Á9$# ÉΟÏ%r&uρ } :‬‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٠٣ :‬‬

‫)‪ (٢‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٠٠ :‬‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٩٨ :‬‬
‫)‪ (٤‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺞ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٨ :‬‬
‫)‪ (٥‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٠٣ :‬‬
‫)‪ (٦‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻃﻪ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٤ :‬‬

‫‪٥‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫) ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬ ‫)‪(١‬‬
‫} ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺃﻛﻞ ﻭﺷﺮﺏ ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﷲ {‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪‬‬
‫‪Zοtõ3ç/ çνθßsÎm7y™uρ ∩⊆⊇∪ #ZÏVx. #[ø.ÏŒ ©!$# (#ρâè0øŒ$# (#θãΖtΒ#u tÏ%©!$# $pκš‰r'¯≈tƒ‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ( ‪ . . .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (٢) { ∩⊆⊄∪ ¸ξ‹Ï¹r&uρ‬‬

‫ﻭﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻋﺮﻓﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﲑ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‬
‫) ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ (‬ ‫)‪(٣‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻪ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ ﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻗﺪﻳﺮ {‬

‫ﻭﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ) ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ( ﳍﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﱰﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺎ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺎ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺃﻥ ﳚﻌﻠﻨﺎ‬
‫ﹼﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺁﺛﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ‪ً ،‬‬
‫ﻃﻨﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻳﺎﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺴﻜﲔ ﻬﺑﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ ﳌﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﲔ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮًﺍ ﻭﺑﺎ ً‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪- :‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻀﻠﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻋﺮﺍﻬﺑﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﻛﺎﻬﻧﺎ ﻭﺷﺮﻭﻃﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﱴ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﻆ ﻬﺑﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﺛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪- :‬‬
‫ً‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻡ )‪ ، (١١٤١‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٧٥/٥‬‬

‫)‪ (٢‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ ‪. ٤٢ - ٤١ :‬‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺍﺕ )‪. (٣٥٨٥‬‬

‫‪٦‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‬

‫ﺇﻬﻧﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻳﻌﻠﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺃﺫﺍﻬﻧﻢ ﻭﺇﻗﺎﻣﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﰲ ﺧﻄﺒﻬﻢ ﻭﳏﺎﺩﺛﺎﻬﺗﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﻷﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻬﺑﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻠﻪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﻭﺷﺮﻉ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﻌﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﻧﺼﺒﺖ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻭﻳﻦ ﻭﻗﺎﻡ ﺳﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻬﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﻘﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻭﻛﻔﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻘﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﺼﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺳﺴﺖ ﺍﳌﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﺟﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺟﺮﺩﺕ ﺳﻴﻮﻑ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﻭﻥ ‪ . . .‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﺰﻭﻝ ﻗﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺘﲔ ‪ ) :‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺒﺪﻭﻥ ؟ ﻭﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﺟﺒﺘﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﲔ ؟ ( ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻮﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﺇﻗﺮﺍﺭًﺍ ﻭﻋﻤﻼ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ) ﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪًﺍ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻧﻘﻴﺎﺩًﺍ ﻭﻃﺎﻋﺔ ( ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺓ‬
‫)‪( ١‬‬
‫{‬ ‫‪∩⊄∇∪ tβθãèÅ_ötƒ öΝßγ¯=yès9 ϵÎ7É)tã ’Îû Zπu‹Ï%$t/ OπyϑÎ=x.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻘﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺘﻪ ﻭﺃﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫©‪ωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω 4 ÅÝó¡É)ø9$$Î/ $JϑÍ←!$s% ÉΟù=Ïèø9$# (#θä9'ρé&uρ èπs3Íׯ≈n=yϑø9$#uρ uθèδ ωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω …絯Ρr& ª!$# y‰Îγx‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪( ٢‬‬

‫‪{ ∩⊇∇∪ ÞΟŠÅ6y⇔ø9$# Ⓝ͖yêø9$# uθèδ‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﻭﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳊﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﳊﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﺟﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫)‪(٣‬‬
‫ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪{ ∩∈∉∪ Èβρ߉ç7÷èu‹Ï9 ωÎ) }§ΡM}$#uρ £Ågø:$# àMø)n=yz $tΒuρ } :‬‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﺮﻑ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٨ :‬‬

‫)‪ (٢‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٨ :‬‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٥٦ :‬‬

‫‪٧‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫‪ÏΒ šÎ=ö6s% ÏΒ $uΖù=y™ö‘r& !$tΒuρ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻷﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪} :‬‬

‫‘§™‪. (١) { ∩⊄∈∪ Èβρ߉ç7ôã$$sù O$tΡr& HωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω …絯Ρr& ϵø‹s9Î) ûÇrθçΡ ωÎ) @Αθß‬‬
‫‪…絯Ρr& (#ÿρâ‘É‹Ρr& ÷βr& ÿÍνÏŠ$t6Ïã ôÏΒ â!$t±o„ tΒ 4’n?tã ÍνÌøΒr& ôÏΒ Çyρ”9$$Î/ sπs3Íׯ≈n=yϑø9$# ãΑÍi”t∴ãƒ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫)‪(٢‬‬
‫‪{ ∩⊄∪ Èβθà)¨?$$sù O$tΡr& HωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻴﻴﻨﺔ ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﻌﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺮﻓﻬﻢ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻛﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﻋﺼﻢ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺩﻣﻪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺩﻣﻪ ﻫﺪﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ } ‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻛﻔﺮ‬
‫ﲟﺎ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺩﻣﻪ ﻭﺣﺴﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ { )‪ ) (٣‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ‬
‫) ‪ ( . ( ٢٣‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪‬‬
‫} ﳌﺎ ﺑﻌﺚ ﻣﻌﺎﺫﹰﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻚ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻗﻮﻣًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻠﻴﻜﻦ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﺎﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﲔ ) ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬ ‫)‪( ٤‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻮﻫﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ {‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ) ‪ ( ٢٥٥/٣‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ) ‪. ( . ( ١٩‬‬

‫ﻭﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺃﳘﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ؛ ﻷﻬﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺒﲎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٥ :‬‬

‫)‪ (٢‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢ :‬‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٣‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٣٩٤/٦‬‬
‫)‪ (٤‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ )‪ ، (١٣٨٩‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (١٩‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ )‪ ، (٦٢٥‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ )‪ ، (٢٤٣٥‬ﺃﺑﻮ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ )‪ ، (١٥٨٤‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ )‪ ، (١٧٨٣‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪ ، (٢٣٣/١‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ )‪. (١٦١٤‬‬

‫‪٨‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻓﻀﻞ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺎ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﹰ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺫﺑﺎ ﺣﻘﻨﺖ ﺩﻣﻪ ﻭﺃﺣﺮﺯﺕ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺣﺴﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺟﻴﺰﺓ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﳋﺪﺭﻱ ‪ ‬ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻤﲏ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﺃﺫﻛﺮﻙ ﻭﺃﺩﻋﻮﻙ ﺑﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻗﻞ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻙ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﻭﻋﺎﻣﺮﻫﻦ ﻏﲑﻱ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺿﲔ‬
‫) ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ‬ ‫)‪(١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﰲ ﻛﻔﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻛﻔﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻟﺖ ﻬﺑﻦ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ {‬

‫) ‪ ( ٥٢٨/١‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ) ‪ ( ٢٣٢٤‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻈﻤﺂﻥ ‪ ( .‬ﻓﺎﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ‬

‫ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ ‪ } :‬ﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻳﻮﻡ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻋﺮﻓﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﲑ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻪ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻗﺪﻳﺮ { )‪ (٢‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ) ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ) ‪ ( . ( ٣٥٧٩‬ﻭﳑﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻭﺣﺴﻨﻪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ُ } ‬ﻳﺼَﺎﺡ ﺑﺮﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺀﻭﺱ ﺍﳋﻼﺋﻖ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﺸﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺗﺴﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴﻌﻮﻥ ﺳﺠﻼ ﻛﻞ ﺳﺠﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﺗﻨﻜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺃﻟﻚ ﻋﺬﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺴﻨﺔ ؟ ﻓﻴﻬﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﻻ ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻰ ﺇﻥ ﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺨﺮﺝ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﳏﻤﺪًﺍ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﻚ ﻻ ﺗﻈﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﰲ ﻛﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻔﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻄﺎﺷﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﻭﺛﻘﻠﺖ‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (١٧٠/٢‬‬

‫)‪ (٢‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺍﺕ )‪. (٣٥٨٥‬‬

‫‪٩‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫) ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺭﻗﻢ ) ‪ ( ٢٦٤١‬ﰲ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ) ‪( ٦ ٥٠/ ١‬‬ ‫)‪(١‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ {‬

‫ﻭﻏﲑﳘﺎ ‪ ( .‬ﻭﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺫﻛﺮ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ ﰲ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﺎﺓ ) ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ( ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﻝ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ :‬ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﲦﻦ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﳒﺎﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﳌﻐﻔﺮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺴﻨﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﲤﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﳋﻄﺎﻳﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﲡﺪﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺮﺟﺢ ﺑﺼﺤﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﲣﺮﻕ ﺍﳊﺠﺐ ﺣﱴ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﻳﺼﺪﻕ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﺎ ﺗﻀﻌﻴﻔﹰﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻝ ﻋﺘﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺮﺯًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ ﻭﻫﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﺸﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻮﺭﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺷﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺑﺘﻘﺼﲑﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﻓﺈﻬﻧﻢ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﳜﺮﺟﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ ﰲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﻝ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٦٣٩‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺪ )‪. (٤٣٠٠‬‬

‫‪١٠‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺇﻋﺮﺍﻬﺑﺎ ﻭﺃﺭﻛﺎﻬﻧﺎ ﻭﺷﺮﻭﻃﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺇﻋﺮﺍﻬﺑﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺇﻋﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ‪ -‬ﺭﲪﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ ‪ -‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻫﺘﻤﻮﺍ ﺑﺈﻋﺮﺍﺏ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ ‪) :‬ﻻ( ﻧﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻨﺲ ‪ ،‬ﻭ)ﺇﻟﻪ( ﺍﲰﻬﺎ ﻣﺒﲏ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﱪﻫﺎ ﳏﺬﻭﻑ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ) :‬ﺣﻖ ( ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺣﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ)ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ( ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﱪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻮﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﺄﻟﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺄﳍﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﺗﻘﺼﺪﻩ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﻧﻔﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺿﺮﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻐﻠﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺧﱪﻫﺎ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪ ) :‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩ ( ﻓﻘﻂ ؛‬
‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﺿﺮﺣﺔ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺒﻮﺩ ﲝﻖ ﻫﻮ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﻓﻤﻌﺒﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﺭﻛﲏ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ‪ -‬ﺭﻛﻨﺎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪:‬‬
‫ﳍﺎ ﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﻧﻔﻲ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﳍﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫‪ÏΒ šχθããô‰tƒ $tΒ χr&uρ ‘,ysø9$# uθèδ ©!$#  χr'Î/ šÏ9≡sŒ‬‬ ‫ﺍﲣﺬﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﻮﻥ ﻓﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﺔ ‪} ،‬‬

‫‪. (١) { ã≅ÏÜ≈t6ø9$# uθèδ ϵÏΡρߊ‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﻓﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺇﳍﻴﺘﻪ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ‪ :‬ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻷﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ) ﺍﷲ ﺇﻟﻪ ( ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻲ ﺇﳍﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﲞﻼﻑ ﻗﻮﻝ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺣﺸﺎ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺴﺮ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﻏﻠﻄﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺣﺼﺮ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻫﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﻔﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻏﻠﻂ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ‪ :‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺒﲔ ﻣﻌﲎ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﻌﲎ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﻭﳓﻮ ﻫﺬﻩ‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺞ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٦٢ :‬‬

‫‪١١‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ؟ ﻗﻴﻞ ‪ :‬ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﲔ ؛ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﺒﺘﺪﻉ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻃﻼ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺑﺎﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﻺﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺇﳍﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﱴ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺑﺈﻟﻪ ﺣﻖ ﻭﺇﻥ ﲰﻲ ﹰ‬
‫ﻗﺎ ً‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺩﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻡ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﲔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺘﺄﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻮ ﳐﻄﺊ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻻﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟـ ‪ -‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻬﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻨﻔﻊ ﻗﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﲟﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻧﻔﻴًﺎ ﻭﺇﺛﺒﺎﺗًﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﺈﻬﻧﺎ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻔﻌﻪ ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﻠﻐﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﰲ ﻟﻠﺸﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﺐ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﰲ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻙ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ ﺍﳌﺎﻧﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻕ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻬﻧﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻬﻧﺎ ﺑﺄﻟﺴﻨﺘﻬﻢ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻳﻦ ﳌﺪﻟﻮﳍﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ ‪ :‬ﺍﶈﺒﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﳌﺎ ﺩﻟﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﲞﻼﻑ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻘﻮﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﻧﻘﻴﺎﺩ ﺑﺄﺩﺍﺀ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺒﺔ ﺇﺧﻼﺻًﺎ ﷲ ﻭﻃﻠﺒًﺎ ﳌﺮﺿﺎﺗﻪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﰲ ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﻘﻴﺎﺩ ﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﻣﺎ ﻬﻧﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﻄﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﲞﺼﻮﺹ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﻴﻮﺩﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﳎﺮﺩ ﻟﻔﻆ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٢‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺍﺗﻀﺢ ﳑﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩ ﲝﻖ ﺇﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻻ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﺘﻀﻤﻨﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺒﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺈﻟﻪ ﺣﻖ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﻭﻧﺎ ﺑﻨﻔﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ؛ ﻷﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻻ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﻛﺜﲑًﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺢ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺷﺮﺍﻙ ﻏﲑﻩ ﻣﻌﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪. (١) { ( $\↔ø‹x© ϵÎ/ (#θä.Îô³è@ Ÿωuρ ©!$# (#ρ߉ç6ôã$#uρ * } :‬‬
‫‪Ÿω 4’s+øOâθø9$# Íοuρóãèø9$$Î/ y7|¡ôϑtGó™$# ωs)sù «!$$Î/ -∅ÏΒ÷σãƒuρ ÏNθäó≈©Ü9$$Î/ öàõ3tƒ yϑsù‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (٢) { ∩⊄∈∉∪ îΛÎ=tæ ìì‹Ïÿxœ ª!$#uρ 3 $oλm; tΠ$|ÁÏΡ$#‬‬

‫‪(#θç7Ï⊥tGô_$#uρ ©!$# (#ρ߉ç6ôã$# Âχr& »ωθß™§‘ 7π¨Βé& Èe≅à2 ’Îû $uΖ÷Wyèt/ ô‰s)s9uρ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫)‪( ٣‬‬

‫{‬ ‫‪( |Nθäó≈©Ü9$#‬‬

‫)‪(٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } ‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻛﻔﺮ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺩﻣﻪ ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻪ {‬

‫) ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺭﻗﻢ ) ‪ ( ٢٣‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ‪. ( .‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻘﻮﻣﻪ ‪ . . . (٥) { ÿ…çνçöxî >µ≈s9Î) ôÏiΒ Νä3s9 $tΒ ©!$# (#ρ߉ç7ôã$# } :‬ﺇﱃ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ :‬ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻭﺇﻳﻀﺎﺣﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻏﲑ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻄﺎﻉ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻌﺼﻰ ﻫﻴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﻭﺇﺟﻼﻻ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳏﺒﺔ ﻭﺧﻮﻓﹰﺎ ﻭﺭﺟﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﻛﻼ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﺆﺍﻻ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻪ ﺇﻻ ﷲ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣٦ :‬‬

‫)‪ (٢‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٥٦ :‬‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣٦ :‬‬
‫)‪ (٤‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٣‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٣٩٤/٦‬‬
‫)‪ (٥‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٥٩ :‬‬

‫‪١٣‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫&‪sπoλÎ;Fψ$# Ÿ≅yèy_r‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﻳﺶ ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ‪} :‬‬ ‫ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﳌﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻬﻤﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﺗﺒﻄﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫)‪(١‬‬
‫{‬ ‫)‪∩∈∪ Ò>$yfãã íóy´s9 #x‹≈yδ ¨βÎ) ( #´‰Ïn≡uρ $Yγ≈s9Î‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺒﲔ ﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﲎ‬
‫ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﺇﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﻋﻠﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺇﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻄﻼﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﻄﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻩ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﺃﺷﺒﺎﻫﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﻭﺃﺷﺒﺎﻩ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ .‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻻ ﺣﺎﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻈﻨﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻓﺴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺣﻘﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﲑ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺬﺑﺎﺋﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺬﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﻑ ﺑﻘﺒﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﱪﻙ ﺑﺘﺮﺑﺘﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺷﻌﺮ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ ﻳﺸﺎﺭﻛﻮﻬﻧﻢ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺃﻬﻧﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﻏﲑﻩ ﺇﻻ ﻟﺰﻋﻤﻬﻢ ﺃﻬﻧﻢ ﻳﻘﺮﺑﻮﻬﻧﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺯﻟﻔﻰ ﻻ ﺃﻬﻧﻢ ﳜﻠﻘﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﺯﻗﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﳊﺎﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻕ ﻭﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﳋﺼﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﺯﻋﻤﻪ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ ‬ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﲔ‬
‫ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺒﺎﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ ‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ ‪ :‬ﺃﻗﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﺮﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ ‪ :‬ﲢﺎﻛﻤﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳊﻘﻮﻕ ﻭﺳﻜﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﻓﻬﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻬﻧﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‬
‫) ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ( ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﻗﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺒﻄﻼﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﳎﺮﺩ ﻟﻔﻆ ﻻ‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺹ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٥ :‬‬

‫‪١٤‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫&‪íóy´s9 #x‹≈yδ ¨βÎ) ( #´‰Ïn≡uρ $Yγ≈s9Î) sπoλÎ;Fψ$# Ÿ≅yèy_r‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﻧﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪.(١) { ∩∈∪ Ò>$yfãã‬‬

‫)‪$¨ΖÍ←r& tβθä9θà)tƒuρ ∩⊂∈∪ tβρçÉ9õ3tGó¡o„ ª!$# ωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω öΝçλm; Ÿ≅‹Ï% #sŒÎ) (#þθçΡ%x. öΝåκ¨ΞÎ‬‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪ .‬ﻓﻌﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫)‪(٢‬‬

‫{‬ ‫‪∩⊂∉∪ ¥βθãΖøg¤Χ 9Ïã$t±Ï9 $oΨÏGyγÏ9#u (#þθä.Í‘$tGs9‬‬

‫ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺇﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻬﻧﻢ ﻟﻮ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﻀﻮﺍ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺄﻧﻔﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻻ ﻳﺄﻧﻔﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﻨﻴﻊ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﻨﻘﻀﻮﻬﻧﺎ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺿﺮﺣﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺘﺒﺎ ﳌﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺟﻬﻞ ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﳍﺐ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻨﻪ ﲟﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺻﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﺭﻓﹰﺎ ﳌﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻋﺎﻣﻼ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮًﺍ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺣﻘﺎ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻭﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﷲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺎﺯﻡ ﳌﺎ ﺗﻀﻤﻨﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ًّ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻭﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﳌﺎ ﺩﻟﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻠﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﲞﻼﻓﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﰲ ﳍﺎ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻙ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻖ ﻬﺑﺬﻩ‬
‫)‪y‰Íκy− tΒ ωÎ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (٣) { ∩∇∉∪ tβθßϑn=ôètƒ öΝèδuρ Èd,ysø9$$Î/‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫&‪zÏiΒ Οßγs9 (#θããuŸ° (#àσ¯≈Ÿ2uà° óΟßγs9 ÷Πr‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﱘ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻓﺾ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ‬ ‫)‪(٤‬‬

‫{‬ ‫‪4 ª!$# ϵÎ/ .βsŒù'tƒ öΝs9 $tΒ ÉÏe$!$#‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻭﺭﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺹ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٥ :‬‬

‫)‪ (٢‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ ‪. ٣٦ - ٣٥ :‬‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﺮﻑ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٨٦ :‬‬
‫)‪ (٤‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢١ :‬‬

‫‪١٥‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﲎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺭﻓﺾ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﻭﺍﳋﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺒﺘﺪﻋﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺮﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﺷﻴﺎﻃﲔ ﺍﻹﻧﺲ‬
‫&‪÷Πr‬‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﺸﺮﻙ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪} :‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳉﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﹰ‬
‫‪. (١) { 4 ª!$# ϵÎ/ .βsŒù'tƒ öΝs9 $tΒ ÉÏe$!$# zÏiΒ Οßγs9 (#θããuŸ° (#àσ¯≈Ÿ2uà° óΟßγs9‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪. (٢) { ∩⊇⊄⊇∪ tβθä.Îô³çRmQ öΝä3¯ΡÎ) öΝèδθßϑçG÷èsÛr& ÷βÎ)uρ } :‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫)‪(٣‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪{ «!$# Âχρߊ ÏiΒ $\/$t/ö‘r& öΝßγuΖ≈t6÷δâ‘uρ öΝèδu‘$t6ômr& (#ÿρä‹sƒªB$# } :‬‬

‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ } ‬ﺗﻼ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻱ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺎﰎ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻲ ‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺴﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﺒﺪﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﳛﻠﻮﻥ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺘﺤﻠﻮﻧﻪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﳛﺮﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺘﺤﺮﻣﻮﻧﻪ ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻰ ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﻓﺘﻠﻚ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻬﺗﻢ { )‪ ) (٤‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺭﻗﻢ ) ‪ ( ٣٠٩٤‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ ‪. ( .‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ :‬ﻓﺼﺎﺭﺕ ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻐﲑ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻨﺎﰲ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻭﻬﺑﺎ ﺍﲣﺬﻭﻫﻢ ً‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺪﻟﻮﻝ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ . . .‬ﻓﺘﺒﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻪ ﳌﻨﺎﻓﺎﺗﻪ ﳌﺪﻟﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﳚﺐ ﺭﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﳚﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺗﺮﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ‪. . .‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪. (٥) { ÉΑθß™§9$#uρ «!$# ’n<Î) çνρ–Šãsù &óx« ’Îû ÷Λäôãt“≈uΖs? βÎ*sù } :‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬ ‫)‪(٦‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪{ ’În1u‘ ª!$# ãΝä3Ï9≡sŒ 4 «!$# ’n<Î) ÿ…çµßϑõ3ßssù &óx« ÏΒ ÏµŠÏù ÷Λäøn=tG÷z$# $tΒuρ } :‬‬
‫ﺣﻜﻢ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﱂ ﳛﻜﻢ ﲟﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺑﻈﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﻓﺴﻘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻔﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢١ :‬‬

‫)‪ (٢‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٢١ :‬‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣١ :‬‬
‫)‪ (٤‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ )‪. (٣٠٩٥‬‬
‫)‪ (٥‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٥٩ :‬‬
‫)‪ (٦‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٠ :‬‬

‫‪١٦‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﻐﲑ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﺒﻴﺤﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺻﻠﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﺷﺮﻙ ﻳﻨﺎﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﻳﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﻀﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺒﻴﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳚﺐ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﲪﻠﻪ ﺍﳍﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺘﻪ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻭﺷﺮﻙ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻳُﻨﻘﱢﺾُ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﻼ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻭﲨﻴﻊ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺍﻬﺗﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺼﺮﻓﺎﻬﺗﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺴﺖ ﻟﻔﻈﹰﺎ ﻳﺮﺩﺩ ﻟﻠﱪﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﻬﻢ ﳌﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻬﺠﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻨﻪ ﻛﺜﲑ ﳑﻦ ﻳﺘﻠﻔﻈﻮﻥ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺑﺄﻟﺴﻨﺘﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳜﺎﻟﻔﻮﻬﻧﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍﻬﺗﻢ ﻭﺗﺼﺮﻓﺎﻬﺗﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲰﻰ ﻭﻭﺻﻒ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪tÏ%©!$# (#ρâ‘sŒuρ ( $pκÍ5 çνθãã÷Š$$sù 4o_ó¡çtø:$# â!$oÿôœF{$# ¬!uρ‬‬ ‫ﲰﺎﻩ ﻭﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ‪ ‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﻴﺪ ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﺻﻞ‬ ‫)‪(١‬‬

‫{‬ ‫‪∩⊇∇⊃∪ tβθè=yϑ÷ètƒ (#θçΡ%x. $tΒ tβ÷ρt“ôfã‹y™ 4 ϵÍׯ≈yϑó™r& þ’Îû šχρ߉Åsù=ãƒ‬‬

‫ﺍﻹﳊﺎﺩ ﰲ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﻭﺍﳌﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﳉﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﳓﺮﺍﻑ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻟﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﺟﻞ ﻭﻋﻼ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﻹﳊﺎﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻣﺎ ﲜﺤﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﲜﺤﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﺇﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻼﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﳚﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﳍﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﻛﺈﳊﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩ ﻓﺈﻬﻧﻢ ﺟﻌﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﳏﻤﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﻣﺬﻣﻮﻣﻬﺎ ‪. . .‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﳊﺪ ﰲ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻟﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ ﺍﳉﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﺎﻋﺮﺓ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﻣﺪﻟﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ؛ ﻷﻥ‬
‫)‪(٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﻭﻳﺘﻮﺳﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺄﲰﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪{ ( $pκÍ5 çνθãã÷Š$$sù } :‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻭﻻ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﳍﺎ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﻭﲟﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ‪. . .‬‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٨٠ :‬‬

‫)‪ (٢‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٨٠ :‬‬

‫‪١٧‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ :‬ﺗﻨﺎﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﰲ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﱂ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺯﻋﻮﺍ ﰲ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﻞ ﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻗﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻣﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻘﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﲔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧًﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺒﻴﺎﻬﻧﺎ ﺃﻫﻢ ؛ ﻷﻬﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﲤﺎﻡ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺛﺒﺎﻬﺗﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻓﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧًﺎ ﺷﺎﻓﻴًﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﺒﺲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻻ ﻳﻜﺎﺩ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﰲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﲏ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻻ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻄﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺬﻣﻮﻡ ﻣﻌﻴﺐ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﳍﹰﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻣﺪﺑﺮًﺍ ﻭﻻ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﻻ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭﻻ ﰲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﳌﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻌﻮﺕ ﺍﳉﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻷﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻖ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﲰﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻛﺘﺒﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺻﻨﻔﻮﻫﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﻮﺣﻴﺪﺍ ؛ ﻷﻥ ﻧﻔﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻩ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﻭﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻭﺗﻜﻠﻴﻤﻪ ﺗ ً‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺼﺎﻧﻊ ﻭﺟﺤﺪ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪﻩ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺗﱰﻳﻬﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺋﺾ ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٨‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻣﱴ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻪ‬

‫ﺳﺒﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺼﺤﻮﺑًﺎ ﲟﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻮﻫﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﳎﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﻆ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺘﻀﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻢ ﻋﻤﻦ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺘﺒﺎﻥ ‪ . . .‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫) ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬ ‫)‪( ١‬‬
‫} ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺒﺘﻐﻲ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﷲ {‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪ ٢٠٦/١١‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺭﻗﻢ ) ‪ ( . ( ٣٣‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﲔ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻧﺲ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﻭﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺭﺩﻳﻔﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻞ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻟﺒﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻌﺪﻳﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪًﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻻ ﺣﺮﻣﻪ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ { )‪ ) (٢‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪ ( . ١٩٩/١‬ﻭﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋًﺎ ‪ } :‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫) ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬ ‫)‪(٣‬‬
‫ﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪًﺍ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺣﺮﻣﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ {‬

‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ) ‪ ( ٢٢٩-٢٢٨/١‬ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ‪ ( .‬ﻭﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﻰ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﲔ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳛﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﰊ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺃﻬﻧﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﰲ ﻏﺰﻭﺓ ﺗﺒﻮﻙ ‪ -‬ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ‪ -‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ } ‬ﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﱐ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﻠﻘﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻏﲑ ﺷﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ) ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ‬ ‫)‪(٤‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺤﺠﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ {‬

‫) ‪. ( . ( ٢٢٤/١‬‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ )‪ ، (٤١٥‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺟﺪ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ )‪. (٣٣‬‬

‫)‪ (٢‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ )‪ ، (١٢٨‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٣٢‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٢٦١/٣‬‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٩‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٦٣٨‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٣١٨/٥‬‬
‫)‪ (٤‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٧‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٤٢١/٢‬‬

‫‪١٩‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻞ ﰲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﲑﻩ ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﺼﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺇﳕﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻓﻴﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻣﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﻗﺎﳍﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻴﻘﻨﺎ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻏﲑ ﺷﺎﻙ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﺪﻕ ﻭﻳﻘﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﳒﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﲨﻠﺔ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﺧﺎﻟﺼًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳒﺬﺍﺏ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻮﺣﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﻧﺎﻝ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ ﺗﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﲑ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﻥ ﺷﻌﲑﺓ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﻥ ﺧﺮﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﻥ ﺫﺭﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮﺕ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻛﺜﲑًﺍ ﳑﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﰒ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮﺕ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﻛﻞ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺁﺩﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺆﻻﺀ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺼﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﺴﺠﺪﻭﻥ ﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮﺕ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﳛﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪًﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻣﻘﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﳍﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳜﺸﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﱳ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻓﻴﺤﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﳍﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﳍﺎ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪًﺍ ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﱂ‬
‫ﳜﺎﻟﻂ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻔﱳ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺇﳕﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪ‬ ‫)‪(١‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ } ﲰﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻓﻘﻠﺘﻪ {‬

‫)‪#’n?tã $¯ΡÎ)uρ 7π¨Βé& #’n?tã $tΡu!$t/#u !$tΡô‰y`uρ $¯ΡÎ‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﺑﺄﻣﺜﺎﳍﻢ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫ﻭﺣﻴﻨﺌﺬ ﻓﻼ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺎﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﺑﺈﺧﻼﺹ ﻭﻳﻘﲔ‬ ‫)‪(٢‬‬

‫‪{ ∩⊄⊄∪ tβρ߉tGôγ•Β ΝÏδÌ≈rO#u‬‬

‫ﺗﺎﻡ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﻣﺼﺮًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻧﺐ ﺃﺻﻼ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺇﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﻴﻨﻪ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﰲ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﳌﺎ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻻ ﻛﺮﺍﻫﻴﺔ ﳌﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ‪ ،‬ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺫﻧﻮﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ )‪ ، (٨٦‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﻑ )‪ ، (٩٠٥‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪ ، (٣٥٥/٦‬ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﺍﺀ ﻟﻠﺼﻼﺓ )‪. (٤٤٧‬‬
‫)‪ (٢‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﺮﻑ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٢ :‬‬

‫‪٢٠‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﺒﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﻟﻪ ﺫﻧﺒًﺎ ﺇﻻ ﳝﺤﻰ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﳝﺤﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﳍﻢ ﺷﺒﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﻣﺔ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﺃﻗﺘﻠﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ { )‪ (١‬ﻭﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻒ ﻋﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﳉﻬﻠﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﺘﻞ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ ﳍﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﺳﺒﺎﻫﻢ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﻗﺎﺗﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﲏ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺸﻬﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ً‬
‫ﳏﻤﺪﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻗﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﳉﻬﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺼﻠﻮﻥ ﱠ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﻗﺘﻞ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺤﺪ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﻔﻌﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺃﺭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﻗﺘﻞ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻻ ﺗﻨﻔﻌﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺤﺪ ﹰ‬
‫ﺟﺤﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺭﺃﺳﻪ ! ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻬﻤﻮﺍ ﻣﻌﲎ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ :‬ﻓﺄﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺳﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻗﺘﻞ ﺭﺟﻼ ﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻇﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺩﻋﺎﻩ ﺇﻻ ﺧﻮﻓﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻣﻪ ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻒ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﺒﲔ‬
‫‪«!$# È≅‹Î6y™ ’Îû óΟçFö/uŸÑ #sŒÎ) (#þθãΖtΒ#u šÏ%©!$# $pκš‰r'¯≈tƒ‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﳜﺎﻟﻒ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ }‬

‫‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ‪ :‬ﻓﺘﺜﺒﺘﻮﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻵﻳﺔ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳚﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻒ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﺒﲔ‬ ‫)‪(٢‬‬
‫{‬ ‫‪(#θãΖ¨Šu;tFsù‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﳜﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ‪ (٣) { (#θãΖ¨Šu;tFsù } :‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺘﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﱂ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﻌﲎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻭﺃﻣﺜﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻇﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻒ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﲔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ . . .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺯﻱ )‪ ، (٤٠٢١‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٩٦‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٢٠٠/٥‬‬

‫)‪ (٢‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٩٤ :‬‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٩٤ :‬‬

‫‪٢١‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬ ‫)‪( ١‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﺃﻗﺘﻠﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ {‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ‬ ‫)‪( ٢‬‬
‫} ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ {‬

‫ﻣﻊ‬ ‫)‪( ٣‬‬

‫ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺭﺝ ‪ } :‬ﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﻟﻘﻴﺘﻤﻮﻫﻢ ﻓﺎﻗﺘﻠﻮﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺌﻦ ﺃﺩﺭﻛﺘﻬﻢ ﻷﻗﺘﻠﻨﻬﻢ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻋﺎﺩ {‬

‫ﻛﻮﻬﻧﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻬﺗﻠﻴﻼ ﺣﱴ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﳛﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻌﻬﻢ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻻ ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﻻ ﺍﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﳌﺎ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﻗﺘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﲏ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ ﰲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﺎﺓ ‪ " :‬ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ‪‬‬
‫)‪( ٤‬‬
‫} ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺸﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪًﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ {‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻓﻔﻬﻢ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻭﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﲔ ﺍﻣﺘﻨﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫ﲟﺠﺮﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺘﻮﻗﻔﻮﺍ ﰲ ﻗﺘﺎﻝ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﳝﻨﻊ ﻗﺘﺎﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺄﺩﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻬﻤﺎ ؛ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ‪ } ‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻓﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﻌﻮﺍ ﻣﲏ ﺩﻣﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﺇﻻ ﲝﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﺣﺴﺎﻬﺑﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻬﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻗﺪ‬ ‫)‪( ٦‬‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ﺣﻖ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ {‬ ‫)‪( ٥‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ {‬

‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ً ‬‬

‫ﺻﺮﳛﺎ ﻏﲑ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻭﺃﻧﺲ ﻭﻏﲑﳘﺎ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬
‫} ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺸﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪًﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻳﻘﻴﻤﻮﺍ‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺯﻱ )‪ ، (٤٠٢١‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٩٦‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٢٠٠/٥‬‬

‫)‪ (٢‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ )‪ ، (٣٨٥‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٦٠٨‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﲢﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ )‪ ، (٣٩٦٧‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ‬
‫)‪ ، (٢٦٤١‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٢٢٥/٣‬‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ )‪. (٢٥٧٨‬‬
‫)‪ (٤‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٥‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪. (٢٢‬‬
‫)‪ (٥‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٥‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪. (٢٢‬‬
‫)‪ (٦‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ )‪ ، (١٣٣٥‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٠‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٦٠٧‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ )‪ ، (٣٠٩٢‬ﺃﺑﻮ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ )‪ ، (١٥٥٦‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (١٩/١‬‬

‫‪٢٢‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫‪nο4θn=¢Á9$# (#θãΒ$s%r&uρ (#θç/$s? βÎ*sù‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬ ‫)‪(١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﻳﺆﺗﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ {‬

‫‪nο4θn=¢Á9$# (#θãΒ$s%r&uρ (#θç/$s? βÎ*sù‬‬ ‫{ )‪ . (٢‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺩﻝ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬ ‫‪4 öΝßγn=‹Î;y™ (#θ=y⇐sù nο4θŸ2¨“9$# (#âθs?#uuρ‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻻ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺄﺩﺍﺀ‬ ‫)‪(٣‬‬

‫{‬ ‫‪3 ÇƒÏe$!$# ’Îû öΝä3çΡ≡uθ÷zÎ*sù nο4θŸ2¨“9$# (#âθs?#uuρ‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺋﺾ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻻ ﲢﺼﻞ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻗﺮﺭ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺟﻌﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﺭﺃﻭﻩ ﺻﻮﺍﺑًﺎ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻋﻤﻦ ﺃﺩﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﲔ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﹰﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﻌﺎﻗﺐ ﺑﺈﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﲝﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻓﻜﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﻆ ﺑﻼ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺠﻤﺎﻉ ﺷﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻔﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻌﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺨﻠﻒ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻩ ﻟﻔﻮﺍﺕ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ‪ -‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﻭﻭﻫﺐ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻇﻬﺮ ‪ -‬ﰒ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﺯﺩﻕ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺪﻓﻦ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺗﻪ ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻋﺪﺩﺕ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻓﺈﻳﺎﻙ ﻭﻗﺬﻑ ﺍﶈﺼﻨﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﺤﺴﻦ ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﻧﺎﺳًﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺄﺩﻯ ﺣﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﺮﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﻫﺐ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﺒﻪ ﳌﻦ ﺳﺄﻟﻪ ‪ :‬ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻰ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻥ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺟﺌﺖ ﲟﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻥ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻭﺇﻻ ﱂ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻟﻚ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻇﻦ ﺃﻥ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻘﻠﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺭﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻇﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻷﺿﺮﺣﺔ ﻭﻗﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﳑﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﲤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﻀﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻀﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٥‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪. (٢٢‬‬

‫)‪ (٢‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٥ :‬‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١١ :‬‬

‫‪٢٣‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻛﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﻳﻮﺿﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻛﺤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬، ‫ﺍﺠﻤﻟﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻈﻨﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﺠﺔ ﳍﻢ‬
uθèδ } : ‫ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬، ‫ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻳﻜﻔﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ‬
’Îû tÏ%©!$# $¨Βr'sù ( ×M≈yγÎ7≈t±tFãΒ ãyzé&uρ É=≈tGÅ3ø9$# ‘Πé& £èδ ìM≈yϑs3øt’Χ ×M≈tƒ#u çµ÷ΖÏΒ |=≈tGÅ3ø9$# y7ø‹n=tã tΑt“Ρr& ü“Ï%©!$#

3 ª!$# ωÎ) ÿ…ã&s#ƒÍρù's? ãΝn=÷ètƒ $tΒuρ 3 Ï&Î#ƒÍρù's? u!$tóÏGö/$#uρ ÏπuΖ÷GÏø9$# u!$tóÏGö/$# çµ÷ΖÏΒ tµt7≈t±s? $tΒ tβθãèÎ6®KuŠsù Ô÷ƒy— óΟÎγÎ/θè=è%

Ÿω $oΨ−/u‘ ∩∠∪ É=≈t6ø9F{$# (#θä9'ρé& HωÎ) ã©.¤‹tƒ $tΒuρ 3 $uΖÎn/u‘ ωΖÏã ôÏiΒ @≅ä. ϵÎ/ $¨ΖtΒ#u tβθä9θà)tƒ ÉΟù=Ïèø9$# ’Îû tβθã‚Å™≡§9$#uρ

ßìÏΒ$y_ y7¨ΡÎ) !$oΨ−/u‘ ∩∇∪ Ü>$¨δuθø9$# |MΡr& y7¨ΡÎ) 4 ºπyϑômu‘ y7Ρà$©! ÏΒ $uΖs9 ó=yδuρ $oΨoK÷ƒy‰yδ øŒÎ) y‰÷èt/ $oΨt/θè=è% ùøÌ“è?

‫ﺣﻘﺎ‬
‫ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺃﺭﻧﺎ ﺍﳊﻖ ﹰ‬. (١)
{ ∩∪ yŠ$yèŠÏϑø9$# ß#Î=÷‚ムŸω ©!$# χÎ) 4 ϵ‹Ïù |=÷ƒu‘ ω 5ΘöθuŠÏ9 Ĩ$¨Ψ9$#

. . . ‫ﻭﺍﺭﺯﻗﻨﺎ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻭﺃﺭﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﺑﺎﻃﻼ ﻭﺍﺭﺯﻗﻨﺎ ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺑﻪ‬

. ٩ - ٧ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ‬١)

٢٤
 ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻴﻠﺖ ﺑﺼﺪﻕ ﻭﺇﺧﻼﺹ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮًﺍ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨًﺎ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﲪﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ ‪- :‬‬
‫‪١‬ـ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻭﻫﻢ ؛‬
‫‪«!$# È≅ö7pt¿2 (#θßϑÅÁtGôã$#uρ‬‬ ‫ﻷﻬﻧﻢ ﻳﺪﻳﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪∩∉⊄∪ šÏΖÏΒ÷σßϑø9$$Î/uρ ÍνÎóÇuΖÎ/ š‚y‰−ƒr& ü“Ï%©!$# uθèδ‬‬ ‫_‪ . (١) { 4 (#θè%§xs? Ÿωuρ $Yè‹Ïϑy‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬
‫‪y#©9r& ©!$# £Å6≈s9uρ óΟÎγÎ/θè=è% š÷t/ |Mø©9r& !$¨Β $YèŠÏΗsd ÇÚö‘F{$# ’Îû $tΒ |Mø)xΡr& öθs9 4 öΝÍκÍ5θè=è% š÷t/ y#©9r&uρ‬‬

‫‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﱰﺍﻉ‬ ‫)‪(٢‬‬

‫{‬ ‫‪∩∉⊂∪ ÒΟŠÅ3ym ͕tã …çµ¯ΡÎ) 4 öΝæηuΖ÷t/‬‬

‫) ‪’Î û ö Ν å κ ÷ ] Ï Β | M ó ¡ © 9 $Y è u ‹ Ï © ( # θç Ρ %x . u ρ ö Ν å κ s ] ƒÏ Š ( # θè % §  s ù t  Ï % © ! $ # ¨ β Î‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺣﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪$y ϑ Î / ¥ > ÷ “ Ï m ‘ ≅ ä . ( #\  ç / ã — ö Ν æ η u Ζ ÷  t / Οè δ t  ø Β r & ( # þ θ ã è © Ü s ) t G s ù‬‬ ‫‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬ ‫)‪( ٣‬‬

‫{‬ ‫«‪4 >óx‬‬

‫‪ .‬ﻓﻼ ﳚﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ‬ ‫)‪( ٤‬‬
‫{‬ ‫‪∩∈⊂∪ t β θã m Ì  s ù ö Ν Í κ ö ‰ y ‰ s 9‬‬

‫ﻫﻲ ﻣﺪﻟﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﱪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬ـ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻷﻥ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻼ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﻜﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭﺍﻥ ﻭﳛﻞ ﳏﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﶈﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﻻﺓ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻤﻼ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ . (٥) { ×οuθ÷zÎ) tβθãΖÏΒ÷σßϑø9$# $yϑ¯ΡÎ) } :‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ‪‬‬
‫ﺟﻠﻴﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻳﻨﻮﺍ ﻬﺑﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻮﺍ ﻬﺑﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺀ‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٠٣ :‬‬

‫)‪ (٢‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ ‪. ٦٣ - ٦٢ :‬‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٥٩ :‬‬
‫)‪ (٤‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٥٣ :‬‬
‫)‪ (٥‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٠ :‬‬

‫‪٢٥‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺣﺮﻳﻦ ﻳﻔﺘﺨﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﺐ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻮﺍ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﻮﺍ ﺇﺧﻮﺓ ﻣﺘﺤﺎﺑﲔ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫)‪(١‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪{ ( öΝæηuΖ÷t/ â!$uΗxqâ‘ Í‘$¤ä3ø9$# ’n?tã â!#£‰Ï©r& ÿ…çµyètΒ tÏ%©!$#uρ 4 «!$# ãΑθß™§‘ Ó‰£ϑpt’Χ } :‬‬

‫‪Λäóst7ô¹r'sù öΝä3Î/θè=è% t÷t/ y#©9r'sù [!#y‰ôãr& ÷ΛäΖä. øŒÎ) öΝä3ø‹n=tæ «!$# |Myϑ÷èÏΡ (#ρãä.øŒ$#uρ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (٢) { $ZΡ≡uθ÷zÎ) ÿϵÏFuΚ÷èÏΖÎ/‬‬

‫‪٣‬ـ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﻼﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺒﻮﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺗﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ÏM≈ysÎ=≈¢Á9$# (#θè=Ïϑtãuρ óΟä3ΖÏΒ (#θãΖtΒ#u tÏ%©!$# ª!$# y‰tãuρ‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬
‫‪”Ï%©!$# ãΝåκs]ƒÏŠ öΝçλm; £uΖÅj3uΚã‹s9uρ öΝÎγÎ=ö6s% ÏΒ šÏ%©!$# y#n=÷‚tGó™$# $yϑŸ2 ÇÚö‘F{$# ’Îû óΟßγ¨ΖxÎ=ø⇐tGó¡uŠs9‬‬

‫ﻓﺮﺑﻂ‬ ‫)‪(٣‬‬
‫‪{ 4 $\↔ø‹x© ’Î1 šχθä.Îô³ç„ Ÿω Í_tΡρ߉ç6÷ètƒ 4 $YΖøΒr& öΝÎγÏùöθyz ω÷èt/ .ÏiΒ Νåκ¨]s9Ïd‰t7ãŠs9uρ öΝçλm; 4|Ós?ö‘$#‬‬

‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﲎ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٤‬ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﲏ ﳌﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪًﺍ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﻓﻴﻔﻌﻠﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺨﻄﻪ ﻓﻴﺠﺘﻨﺒﻪ ‪ ،‬ﲞﻼﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺁﳍﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫‪îöyz šχθè%ÌhxtG•Β Ò>$t/ö‘r&u‬‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﺗﺪﺑﲑ ﻏﲑ ﺗﺪﺑﲑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫&‪. (٤) { ∩⊂∪ â‘$£γs)ø9$# ߉Ïn≡uθø9$# ª!$# ÏΘr‬‬

‫‪Èβ$tƒÈθtFó¡o„ ö≅yδ @≅ã_tÏj9 $Vϑn=y™ Wξã_u‘uρ tβθÝ¡Å3≈t±tFãΒ â!%x.uఠϵŠÏù Wξã_§‘ WξsWtΒ ª!$# z>uŸÑ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (٥) { 4 ¸ξsWtΒ‬‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٩ :‬‬

‫)‪ (٢‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٠٣ :‬‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٥٥ :‬‬
‫)‪ (٤‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣٩ :‬‬
‫)‪ (٥‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٩ :‬‬

‫‪٢٦‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮﻙ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﳌﺸﺮﻙ ﲟﱰﻟﺔ ﻋﺒﺪ ﳝﻠﻜﻪ ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺯﻋﻮﻥ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺣﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺸﺎﻛﺲ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺊ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﳌﺸﺮﻙ ﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺁﳍﺔ ﺷﱴ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺑﻌﺒﺪ ﳝﻠﻜﻪ ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻪ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﺭﺿﺎﻫﻢ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪ ﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻓﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﻛﻤﺜﻞ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪﻩ ﻭﻋﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺿﺎﻩ ﻓﻬﻮ ﰲ ﺭﺍﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻄﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺳﺎﱂ ﳌﺎﻟﻜﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺗﻨﺎﺯﻉ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺭﺃﻓﺔ ﻣﺎﻟﻜﻪ ﻭﺭﲪﺘﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺷﻔﻘﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺇﺣﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻮﻟﻴﻪ ﳌﺼﺎﳊﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻫﺬﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪﺍﻥ !‬
‫‪ - ٥‬ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻓﻌﺔ ﻷﻫﻞ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ‪ -‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫‪çµàsÜ÷‚tFsù Ï!$yϑ¡¡9$# š∅ÏΒ §yz $yϑ¯Ρr(s3sù «!$$Î/ õ8Îô³ç„ tΒuρ 4 ϵÎ/ tÏ.Îô³ãΒ uöxî ¬! u!$xuΖãm‬‬ ‫}‬

‫‪ .‬ﻓﺪﻟﺖ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬ ‫)‪( ١‬‬

‫{‬ ‫‪∩⊂⊇∪ 9,‹Åsy™ 5β%s3tΒ ’Îû ßw†Ìh9$# ϵÎ/ “Èθôγs? ÷ρr& çö©Ü9$#‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻮ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻫﺒﻮﻁ ﻭﺳﻔﻮﻝ ﻭﺳﻘﻮﻁ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ :‬ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻮﻩ ﻭﺳﻌﺘﻪ ﻭﺷﺮﻓﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﻣﺼﻌﺪﻩ ﻭﻣﻬﺒﻄﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﺒﻂ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺼﻌﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺒﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺳﺎﻓﻠﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﻴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﻵﻻﻡ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺮﺍﻛﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﲑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲣﻄﻒ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀﻩ ﻭﲤﺰﻗﻪ ﻛﻞ ﳑﺰﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﲔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺮﺳﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺆﺯﺭﻩ ﻭﺗﺰﻋﺠﻪ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻘﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻈﺎﻥ ﻫﻼﻛﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻬﺗﻮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺳﺤﻴﻖ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻤﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﰲ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٦‬ﻋﺼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ؛ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ‪ } ‬ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ‬
‫) ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫)‪(٢‬‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﻫﺎ ﻋﺼﻤﻮﺍ ﻣﲏ ﺩﻣﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﻭﺃﻣﻮﺍﳍﻢ ﺇﻻ ﲝﻘﻬﺎ {‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺞ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣١ :‬‬

‫)‪ (٢‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﲑ )‪ ، (٢٧٨٦‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢١‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٦٠٦‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﲢﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ‬
‫)‪ ، (٣٩٧١‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ )‪ ، (٢٦٤٠‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ )‪ ، (٣٩٢٨‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (١١/١‬‬

‫‪٢٧‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫) ‪ ( ٢١٧/١٣‬ﰲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺼﺎﻡ ‪ ، ( .‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ) ﲝﻘﻬﺎ ( ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺃﻬﻧﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻣﺘﻨﻌﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﲝﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺘﻀﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻻﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺄﺭﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺼﻢ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﳍﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺩﻣﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﺑﻞ ﻳﻘﺘﻠﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﳍﻢ ﻏﻨﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻬﺑﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﻭﺧﻠﻔﺎﺅﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ‪. . .‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢٨‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬

‫‪ -١‬ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﻣﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ -٧‬ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫‪ -٨‬ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ‬
‫‪ -٩‬ﺗﻴﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﳊﻤﻴﺪ ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬
‫‪ -١٠‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫‪ -١١‬ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻜﲔ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫‪ -١٢‬ﳐﺘﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﻋﻖ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﺔ‬
‫‪ -١٣‬ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬
‫‪ -١٤‬ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻌﲔ‬

‫‪٢٩‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﲣﺬﻭﺍ ﺃﺣﺒﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﺭﻫﺒﺎﻬﻧﻢ ﺃﺭﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﱘ ﻭﻣﺎ ‪١٦ ........................‬‬
‫ﺃﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻵﳍﺔ ﺇﳍﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﻋﺠﺎﺏ ‪١٥ ,١٤.......................................‬‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺴﲎ ‪٣ .......................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻡ ﳍﻢ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺀ ﺷﺮﻋﻮﺍ ﳍﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﻳﺄﺫﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻮﻻ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪١٦ ,١٥.....................‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻗﻮﺍ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺷﻴﻌﺎ ﻟﺴﺖ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺇﳕﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺇﱃ ‪٢٥ ..............‬‬
‫ﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺇﺧﻮﺓ ﻓﺄﺻﻠﺤﻮﺍ ﺑﲔ ﺃﺧﻮﻳﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻌﻠﻜﻢ ﺗﺮﲪﻮﻥ ‪٢٥ ........................‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﲏ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻓﺎﻋﺒﺪﱐ ﻭﺃﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻟﺬﻛﺮﻱ ‪٥ .....................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻬﻧﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻴﻞ ﳍﻢ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺴﺘﻜﱪﻭﻥ‪١٥ ...........................................‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺇﻧﺎ ﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺑﺎﺀﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺔ ﻭﺇﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻣﻬﺘﺪﻭﻥ ‪٢٠ ..............................‬‬
‫ﺣﻨﻔﺎﺀ ﷲ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺸﺮﻛﲔ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻓﻜﺄﳕﺎ ﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺨﻄﻔﻪ ‪٢٧ ..............‬‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪١١ ........................‬‬
‫ﺷﻬﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﺃﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺴﻂ ‪٧ ,٣ ..........................‬‬
‫ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺀ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﻛﺴﻮﻥ ﻭﺭﺟﻼ ﺳﻠﻤﺎ ﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻫﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﻥ ‪٢٦ ............‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺴﻠﺦ ﺍﻷﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﳊﺮﻡ ﻓﺎﻗﺘﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﲔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻭﺟﺪﲤﻮﻫﻢ ﻭﺧﺬﻭﻫﻢ ‪٢٣ ....................‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﻀﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻓﺎﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﻌﻮﺩﺍ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻜﻢ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ‪٥ ..........................‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﻀﻴﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﻜﻜﻢ ﻓﺎﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺬﻛﺮﻛﻢ ﺁﺑﺎﺀﻛﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺷﺪ ﺫﻛﺮﺍ ﻓﻤﻦ ‪٥ ...............‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻐﻔﺮ ﻟﺬﻧﺒﻚ ﻭﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﷲ ‪٣ .........................‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﺎﺑﻮﺍ ﻭﺃﻗﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺁﺗﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ﻓﺈﺧﻮﺍﻧﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻧﻔﺼﻞ ‪٢٣ ........................‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﻘﻄﻌﻮﺍ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺯﺑﺮﺍ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺰﺏ ﲟﺎ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻓﺮﺣﻮﻥ ‪٢٥ .............................‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺇﻛﺮﺍﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺮﺷﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻲ ﻓﻤﻦ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻏﻮﺕ ﻭﻳﺆﻣﻦ ‪١٣ ...................‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﻧﻮﺣﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻳﺎﻗﻮﻡ ﺍﻋﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻟﻪ ‪١٣ ...........................‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺟﻨﺎﺡ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺘﻐﻮﺍ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻜﻢ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﻓﻀﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ‪٥ ..............‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺸﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﳍﻢ ﻭﻳﺬﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺯﻗﻬﻢ ‪٥ ...................‬‬
‫ﳏﻤﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺃﺷﺪﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﺭﲪﺎﺀ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺗﺮﺍﻫﻢ ‪٢٦ ........................‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﳏﻜﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﻦ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺃﺧﺮ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﻬﺑﺎﺕ‪٢٤ ..........‬‬

‫‪٣٠‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ ‪٣ ........................‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺗﻌﺠﻞ ﰲ ﻳﻮﻣﲔ ﻓﻼ ﺇﰒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ‪٥ ......................‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺸﺮﻛﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺇﺣﺴﺎﻧﺎ ﻭﺑﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﰉ ‪١٣ .........................‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺼﻤﻮﺍ ﲝﺒﻞ ﺍﷲ ﲨﻴﻌﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺇﺫ ‪٢٦ ,٢٥....................‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﳜﺪﻋﻮﻙ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺣﺴﺒﻚ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻳﺪﻙ ﺑﻨﺼﺮﻩ ﻭﺑﺎﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ‪٢٥ ....................‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻘﺒﻪ ﻟﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﺮﺟﻌﻮﻥ ‪٧ ..............................................‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﺨﻠﻔﻨﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ‪٢٦ ....................‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﺄﻛﻠﻮﺍ ﳑﺎ ﱂ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﻔﺴﻖ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﲔ ﻟﻴﻮﺣﻮﻥ ‪١٦ ....................‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﳝﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺑﺎﳊﻖ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ‪١٥ .................‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺑﻌﺜﻨﺎ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻋﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻨﺒﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻏﻮﺕ ﻓﻤﻨﻬﻢ ‪١٣ ..................‬‬
‫ﻭﷲ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺴﲎ ﻓﺎﺩﻋﻮﻩ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻭﺫﺭﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻠﺤﺪﻭﻥ ﰲ ﺃﲰﺎﺋﻪ ﺳﻴﺠﺰﻭﻥ ‪١٧ ...................‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻓﺤﻜﻤﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺫﻟﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺭﰊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﻛﻠﺖ‪١٦ ......................‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺇﻻ ﻧﻮﺣﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻓﺎﻋﺒﺪﻭﻥ ‪٨ ....................‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﺍﳉﻦ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺲ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻴﻌﺒﺪﻭﻥ ‪٧ ....................................................‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺿﺮﺑﺘﻢ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺘﺒﻴﻨﻮﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ‪٢١ ..............................‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺍﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﺫﻛﺮﺍ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ‪٦ .................................................‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺃﻃﻴﻌﻮﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻃﻴﻌﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻭﺃﻭﱄ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ‪١٦ ..........................‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺻﺎﺣﱯ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻦ ﺃﺃﺭﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻮﻥ ﺧﲑ ﺃﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﺎﺭ‪٢٦ ...........................‬‬
‫ﻳﱰﻝ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻧﺬﺭﻭﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪٨ .......................‬‬

‫‪٣١‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻠﻮﺍ ﳍﻢ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺮﻣﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﳊﻼﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻃﺎﻋﻮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻬﺗﻢ ﺇﻳﺎﻫﻢ ‪١٦ ..........‬‬
‫ﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﱐ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﻠﻘﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻏﲑ ﺷﺎﻙ ‪١٩ ......................‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﺘﻠﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪٢٢ ,٢١.....................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ﺣﻖ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ‪٢٢ ......................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺸﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪٢٢ .................‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺸﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪٢٢ ..............‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪٢٢ .......................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﻫﺎ ﻋﺼﻤﻮﺍ ﻣﲏ ‪٢٧ ...................‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺃﻛﻞ ﻭﺷﺮﺏ ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﷲ ‪٦ ..................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﻟﻘﻴﺘﻤﻮﻫﻢ ﻓﺎﻗﺘﻠﻮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﺌﻦ ﺃﺩﺭﻛﺘﻬﻢ ﻷﻗﺘﻠﻨﻬﻢ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻋﺎﺩ ‪٢٢ ............................‬‬
‫ﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻋﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﲑ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ‪٦ ......................‬‬
‫ﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻋﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﲑ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ‪٩ .....................‬‬
‫ﲰﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻓﻘﻠﺘﻪ ‪٢٠ .........................................................‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻓﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﻌﻮﺍ ﻣﲏ ﺩﻣﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﺇﻻ ﲝﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﺣﺴﺎﻬﺑﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ‪٢٢ ......................‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺒﺘﻐﻲ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﷲ‪١٩ ......................‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻤﲏ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﺃﺫﻛﺮﻙ ﻭﺃﺩﻋﻮﻙ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﻞ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ‪٩ ...............‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺭﺩﻳﻔﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻞ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﺒﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪١٩ ..............‬‬
‫ﳌﺎ ﺑﻌﺚ ﻣﻌﺎﺫﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺇﻧﻚ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻗﻮﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻠﻴﻜﻦ ﺃﻭﻝ ‪٨ ...............‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻛﻔﺮ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺩﻣﻪ ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻪ ‪١٣ ..........................‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻛﻔﺮ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺩﻣﻪ ﻭﺣﺴﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ‪٨ ..........‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪﺍ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺣﺮﻣﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ‪١٩ ..................‬‬
‫ﻳﺼﺎﺡ ﺑﺮﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺀﻭﺱ ﺍﳋﻼﺋﻖ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﺸﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺗﺴﻌﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﻌﻮﻥ ‪٩ ............‬‬

‫‪٣٢‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ‪ :‬ﳌﻌﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﶈﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻲ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻮﺩ ‪٢ ......‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ ‪٥ ....................................................................................‬‬

‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ‪٧ ................................................................‬‬

‫ﻓﻀﻞ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪٩ .........................................................................‬‬

‫ﺇﻋﺮﺍﻬﺑﺎ ﻭﺃﺭﻛﺎﻬﻧﺎ ﻭﺷﺮﻭﻃﻬﺎ ‪١١ ................................................................‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ‪١٣ ..............................................................‬‬

‫ﻣﱴ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻪ ‪١٩ .........................................‬‬

‫ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪٢٥ ........................................................................‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ ‪٢٩ ...................................................................‬‬

‫ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ‪٣٠ ...........................................................................‬‬

‫ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ‪٣٢ ........................................................................‬‬

‫‪٣٣‬‬